1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes (at) sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice (at) sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca (at) cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m (at) bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez (at) atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen (at) atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin (at) cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * 15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 18 * 19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 26 * 27 */ 28 29 /* 30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 33 * 34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 38 * can actually be identified and removed. 39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 40 */ 41 42 #include <linux/types.h> 43 44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 45 46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 53 54 /** 55 * DOC: Station handling 56 * 57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 61 * to. 62 * 63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 64 * capabilities. 65 * 66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 72 * time mark it authorized. 73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 76 * 77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 78 */ 79 80 /** 81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 82 * 83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 87 * for various reasons. 88 * 89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 95 * for doing that. 96 * 97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 99 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 100 * 101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 107 * 108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 111 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 112 * 113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 114 * below. 115 */ 116 117 /** 118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 119 * 120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 124 * 125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 127 * types there no concurrency is implied. 128 * 129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 136 * 137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 145 * 146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 147 * interfaces that a given device supports. 148 */ 149 150 /** 151 * DOC: packet coalesce support 152 * 153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 156 * and power consumption. 157 * 158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 161 * following events occur. 162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 166 * 167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 168 * rule. 169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 172 * Multiple such rules can be created. 173 */ 174 175 /** 176 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 177 * 178 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 179 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 180 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 181 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 182 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 183 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 184 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 185 * 186 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 187 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 188 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 189 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 190 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 192 * 193 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 194 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 195 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 196 */ 197 198 /** 199 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 200 * 201 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 202 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 203 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 204 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 205 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 206 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 207 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 211 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 212 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 213 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 214 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 215 * 216 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 217 * below additional parameters to userspace. 218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 220 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 221 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 222 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 223 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 224 * 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 226 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 227 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 228 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 229 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 230 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 231 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 232 */ 233 234 /** 235 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 236 * 237 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 238 * 239 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 240 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 241 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 243 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 244 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 245 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 247 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 248 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 249 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 250 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 251 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 252 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 253 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 254 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 255 * 256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 257 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 258 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 261 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 262 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 264 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 265 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 266 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 267 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 269 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 270 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 271 * 272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 273 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 275 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 278 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 280 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 281 * 282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 283 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 284 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 285 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 286 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 288 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 289 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 290 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 291 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 292 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 293 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 294 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 297 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 299 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 300 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 301 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 302 * 303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 304 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 306 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 308 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 310 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 311 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 312 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 313 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 314 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 315 * frame). 316 * 317 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 318 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 320 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 325 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 328 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 329 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 330 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 331 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 334 * 335 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 336 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 337 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 338 * global regdomain will be returned. 339 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 340 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 341 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 342 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 343 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 344 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 345 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 346 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 347 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 348 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 349 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 350 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 351 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 352 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 353 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 358 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 359 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 360 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 361 * 362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 363 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 364 * 365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 367 * 368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 369 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 370 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 371 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 373 * added to all specified management frames generated by 374 * kernel/firmware/driver. 375 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 376 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 377 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 378 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 379 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 380 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 381 * 382 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 383 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 385 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 386 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 387 * be used. 388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 389 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 390 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 391 * partial scan results may be available 392 * 393 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 394 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 396 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 397 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 398 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 399 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 400 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 401 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 402 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 403 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 404 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 405 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 406 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 407 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 408 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 409 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 410 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 411 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 412 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 413 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 414 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 417 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 418 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 419 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 420 * results available. 421 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 422 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 423 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 424 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 425 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 426 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 427 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 428 * 429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 430 * or noise level 431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 432 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 433 * 434 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 436 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 437 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 439 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 440 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 441 * ESS. 442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 443 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 444 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 445 * authentication. 446 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 447 * 448 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 449 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 450 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 451 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 453 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 454 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 455 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 456 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 457 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 458 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 459 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 460 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 461 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 462 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 463 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 464 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 465 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 466 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 467 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 468 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 469 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 470 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 472 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 473 * the beacon hint was processed. 474 * 475 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 476 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 477 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 478 * authentication process. 479 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 480 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 481 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 482 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 483 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 484 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 485 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 486 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 487 * to be added to the frame. 488 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 489 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 490 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 491 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 492 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 493 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 494 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 495 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 496 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 497 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 498 * pending authentication timed out). 499 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 500 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 501 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 502 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 503 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 504 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 505 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 506 * included). 507 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 508 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 509 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 510 * primitives). 511 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 513 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 516 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 517 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 518 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 519 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 520 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 521 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 522 * 523 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 524 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 525 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 526 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 527 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 528 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 529 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 530 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 531 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 532 * determined by the network interface. 533 * 534 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 535 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 536 * to the driver. 537 * 538 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 539 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 540 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 542 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 543 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 544 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 546 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 547 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 548 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 549 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 550 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 551 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 552 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 553 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 554 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 556 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 557 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 558 * a different BSS is desired. 559 * Background scan period can optionally be 560 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 561 * if not specified default background scan configuration 562 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 563 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 564 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 565 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 566 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 567 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 568 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 569 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 570 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 571 * well to remain backwards compatible. 572 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 573 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 574 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 575 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 576 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 577 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 578 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 579 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 580 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 581 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 582 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 583 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 584 * 585 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 586 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 587 * 588 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 589 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 590 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 591 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 592 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 593 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 594 * frequency for the operation. 595 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 596 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 597 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 598 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 599 * radio). 600 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 601 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 602 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 603 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 604 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 605 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 606 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 607 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 608 * uniquely identify the request. 609 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 610 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 611 * 612 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 613 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 614 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 615 * 616 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 617 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 618 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 619 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 620 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 621 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 622 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 623 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 624 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 625 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 626 * backward compatibility 627 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 628 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 629 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 630 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 631 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 632 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 633 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 634 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 635 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 636 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 637 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 638 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 639 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 640 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 641 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 642 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 643 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 644 * is used during CSA period. 645 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 646 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 647 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. 648 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 650 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 651 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 652 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 653 * the frame. 654 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 655 * backward compatibility. 656 * 657 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 658 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 659 * 660 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 661 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 662 * levels. 663 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 664 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 665 * reached. 666 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 667 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 668 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 669 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 670 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 671 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 672 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 673 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 674 * precedence when they are used. 675 * 676 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 677 * 678 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 679 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 680 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 681 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 682 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 683 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 684 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 685 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 686 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 687 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 688 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 689 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 690 * command, the feature is disabled. 691 * 692 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 693 * mesh config parameters may be given. 694 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 695 * network is determined by the network interface. 696 * 697 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 698 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 699 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 700 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 701 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 702 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 703 * 704 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 705 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 706 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 707 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 708 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 709 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 710 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 711 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 712 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 713 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 714 * depending on the authentication result. 715 * 716 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 717 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 718 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 719 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 720 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 721 * more background information, see 722 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 723 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 724 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 726 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 727 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 728 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 729 * 730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 731 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 732 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 733 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 734 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 735 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 736 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 737 * 738 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 739 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 740 * 741 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 742 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 743 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 744 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 745 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 746 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 747 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 748 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 749 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 750 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 751 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 752 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 753 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 754 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 755 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 756 * 757 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 758 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 759 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 760 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 761 * is received. 762 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 763 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 764 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 765 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 766 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 767 * 768 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 769 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 770 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 771 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 772 * 773 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 774 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 775 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 776 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 777 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 778 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 779 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 780 * 781 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 782 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 783 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 784 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 785 * 786 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 787 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 788 * 789 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 790 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 791 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 792 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 793 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 794 * from the remote AP) is completed; 795 * 796 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 797 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 798 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 799 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 800 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 801 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 802 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 803 * interfaces to change channel as well. 804 * 805 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 806 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 807 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 808 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 809 * public action frame TX. 810 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 811 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 812 * 813 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 814 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 815 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 816 * is used for this. 817 * 818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 819 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 820 * 821 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 822 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 823 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 824 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 825 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 826 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 827 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 828 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 829 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 830 * 831 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 832 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 833 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 834 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 835 * while operating on this channel. 836 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 837 * event. 838 * 839 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 840 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 841 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 842 * 843 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 844 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 847 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 848 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 849 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 850 * 851 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 852 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 853 * complete. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 856 * return back to normal. 857 * 858 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 859 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 860 * 861 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 862 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 863 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 864 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 865 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 866 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 867 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 868 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 869 * switch is complete. 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 872 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 873 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 874 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 875 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 876 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 877 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 878 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 879 * 880 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 881 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 882 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 883 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 884 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 885 * 886 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 887 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 888 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 889 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 890 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 891 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 892 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 893 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 894 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 895 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 896 * fail even if the check was successful. 897 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 898 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 899 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 900 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 901 * 902 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 903 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 904 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 907 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 908 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 909 * network is determined by the network interface. 910 * 911 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 912 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 913 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 914 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 915 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 916 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 917 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 918 * AP. 919 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 920 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 921 * when this command completes. 922 * 923 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 924 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 925 * management. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 928 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 929 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 932 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 933 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 934 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 935 * cluster. This command must have a valid 936 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 937 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 938 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 939 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 940 * added. 941 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 942 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 943 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 944 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 945 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 946 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 947 * of the function upon success. 948 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 949 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 950 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 951 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 952 * which just terminated. 953 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 954 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 955 * the response to this command. 956 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 957 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 958 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 959 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 960 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 961 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 962 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 963 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 964 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 965 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 966 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 967 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 968 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 969 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 970 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 971 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 972 * 973 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 974 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 975 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 976 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 977 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 978 * 979 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 980 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 981 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 982 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 983 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 984 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 985 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 986 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 987 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 988 * specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 989 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 990 * &NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or &NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 991 * &NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 992 * 993 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 994 * 995 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 996 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 997 */ 998 enum nl80211_commands { 999 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1000 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1001 1002 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1003 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1004 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1005 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1006 1007 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1008 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1009 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1010 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1011 1012 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1013 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1014 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1015 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1016 1017 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1018 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1019 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1020 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1021 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1022 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1023 1024 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1025 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1026 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1027 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1028 1029 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1030 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1031 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1032 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1033 1034 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1035 1036 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1037 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1038 1039 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1040 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1041 1042 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1043 1044 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1045 1046 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1047 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1048 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1049 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1050 1051 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1052 1053 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1054 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1055 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1056 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1057 1058 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1059 1060 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1061 1062 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1063 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1064 1065 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1066 1067 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1068 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1069 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1070 1071 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1072 1073 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1074 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1075 1076 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1077 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1078 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1079 1080 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1081 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1082 1083 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1084 1085 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1086 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1087 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1088 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1089 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1090 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1091 1092 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1093 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1094 1095 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1096 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1097 1098 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1099 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1100 1101 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1102 1103 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1104 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1105 1106 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1107 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1108 1109 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1110 1111 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1112 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1113 1114 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1115 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1116 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1117 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1118 1119 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1120 1121 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1122 1123 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1124 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1125 1126 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1127 1128 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1129 1130 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1131 1132 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1133 1134 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1135 1136 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1137 1138 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1139 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1140 1141 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1142 1143 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1144 1145 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1146 1147 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1148 1149 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1150 1151 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1152 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1153 1154 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1155 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1156 1157 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1158 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1159 1160 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1161 1162 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1163 1164 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1165 1166 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1167 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1168 1169 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1170 1171 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1172 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1173 1174 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1175 1176 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1177 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1178 1179 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1180 1181 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1182 1183 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1184 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1185 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1186 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1187 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1188 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1189 1190 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1191 1192 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1193 1194 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1195 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1196 1197 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1198 1199 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1200 1201 /* add new commands above here */ 1202 1203 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1204 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1205 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1206 }; 1207 1208 /* 1209 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1210 * here 1211 */ 1212 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1213 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1214 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1215 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1216 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1217 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1218 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1219 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1220 1221 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1222 1223 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1224 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1225 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1226 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1227 1228 /** 1229 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1230 * 1231 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1232 * 1233 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1234 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1235 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1236 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1237 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1238 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1239 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1240 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1241 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1242 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1243 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1244 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1245 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1246 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1247 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1248 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1249 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1250 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1251 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1252 * this attribute) 1253 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1254 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1255 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1256 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1257 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1258 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1259 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1260 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1261 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1262 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1263 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1264 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1265 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1266 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1267 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1268 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1269 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1270 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1271 * 1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1273 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1274 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1275 * 1276 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1277 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1278 * 1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1280 * 1281 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1282 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1283 * keys 1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1285 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1286 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1288 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1291 * default management key 1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1293 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1294 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1295 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1296 * 1297 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1298 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1300 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1301 * 1302 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1303 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1304 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1305 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1306 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1308 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1309 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1311 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1312 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1313 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1314 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1315 * 1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1317 * consisting of a nested array. 1318 * 1319 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1321 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1322 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1324 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1325 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1326 * 1327 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1328 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1329 * 1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1331 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1332 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1333 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1334 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1335 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1336 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1337 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1338 * to a specific alpha2. 1339 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1340 * rules. 1341 * 1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1344 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1345 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1346 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1348 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1349 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1350 * 1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1352 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1353 * 1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1355 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1356 * of the interface mode. 1357 * 1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1359 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1360 * 1361 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1362 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1363 * 1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1365 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1367 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1369 * that can be added to a scan request 1370 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1371 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1373 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1374 * 1375 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1377 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1378 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1379 * 1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1381 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1383 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1384 * 1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1386 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1387 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1388 * 1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1390 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1391 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1394 * represented as a u32 1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1396 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1397 * 1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1399 * a u32 1400 * 1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1402 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1403 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1404 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1405 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1407 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1408 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1409 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1410 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1411 * 1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1413 * cipher suites 1414 * 1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1416 * for other networks on different channels 1417 * 1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1419 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1420 * 1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1422 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1423 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1424 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1425 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1426 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1427 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1428 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1429 * 1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1431 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1432 * 1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1434 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1435 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1436 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1437 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1438 * default in station mode. 1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1440 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1441 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1442 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1443 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1444 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1446 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1447 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1448 * 1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1450 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1451 * 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1453 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1454 * a local disconnect request. 1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1456 * event (u16) 1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1458 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1459 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1460 * 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1462 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1463 * (an array of u32). 1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1465 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1466 * u32). 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1468 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1469 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1471 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1472 * 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1474 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1476 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1477 * 1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1479 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1480 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1481 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1482 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1483 * 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1485 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1487 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1488 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1489 * 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1491 * 1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1493 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1494 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1495 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1496 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1497 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1498 * completely from scratch. 1499 * 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1501 * 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1503 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1504 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1505 * 1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1508 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1509 * 1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1512 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1513 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1514 * 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1516 * 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1518 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1519 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1520 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1521 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1522 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1523 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1524 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1525 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1526 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1527 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1528 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1529 * 1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1531 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1533 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1535 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1536 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1537 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1539 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1540 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1541 * 1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1543 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1544 * 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1546 * 1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1548 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1549 * 1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1551 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1552 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1553 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1554 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1555 * 1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1557 * connected to this BSS. 1558 * 1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1560 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1562 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1563 * for non-automatic settings. 1564 * 1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1566 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1567 * 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1569 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1570 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1571 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1572 * 1573 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1574 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1575 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1576 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1577 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1578 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1579 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1580 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1581 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1582 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1583 * 1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1585 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1586 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1587 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1588 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1589 * 1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1591 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1592 * 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1594 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1595 * 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1597 * 1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1599 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1600 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1601 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1602 * nl80211 capability flag. 1603 * 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1605 * 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1607 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1608 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1609 * 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1611 * changed once the mesh is active. 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1613 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1615 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1616 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1618 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1619 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1620 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1621 * 1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1623 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1625 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1626 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1627 * triggers. 1628 * 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1630 * cycles, in msecs. 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1633 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1634 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1635 * pass-thru filter rules. 1636 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1637 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1638 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1639 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1640 * able to ignore them by itself. 1641 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1642 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1643 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1644 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1645 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1646 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1647 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1648 * If ommited, no filtering is done. 1649 * 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1651 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1652 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1654 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1655 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1656 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1657 * 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1659 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1660 * 1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1662 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1663 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1664 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1665 * 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1667 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1668 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1669 * 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1671 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1672 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1673 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1675 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1676 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1677 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1678 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1679 * 1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1681 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1683 * as AP. 1684 * 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1686 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1687 * 1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1689 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1690 * 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1692 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1693 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1694 * applications use this attribute. 1695 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1696 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1697 * 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1699 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1700 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1702 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1704 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1706 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1708 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1709 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1710 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1711 * 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1713 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1714 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1715 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1716 * 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1718 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1719 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1720 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1721 * 1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1723 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1725 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1726 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1727 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1730 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1731 * to be filled by the FW. 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1733 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1735 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1736 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1737 * The values that may be configured are: 1738 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1739 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1740 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1741 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1742 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1743 * 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1745 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1746 * to one DFS region. 1747 * 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1749 * up to 16 TIDs. 1750 * 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1752 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1753 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from 1754 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1755 * capability to timeout the stations. 1756 * 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1758 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1759 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1760 * 1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1762 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1763 * 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1765 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1766 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1767 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1768 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1769 * 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1771 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1772 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1773 * 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1775 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1776 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1777 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1778 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1779 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1780 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1781 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1782 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1783 * consistent. 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1786 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1787 * 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1791 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1793 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1794 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1795 * no change is made. 1796 * 1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1798 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1799 * 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1801 * carried in a u32 attribute 1802 * 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1804 * MAC ACL. 1805 * 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1807 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1808 * ACL. 1809 * 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1811 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1812 * 1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1814 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1815 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1817 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1818 * 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1820 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1821 * 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1823 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1824 * and PU-APSD. 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1827 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1828 * 1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1830 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1831 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1832 * 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1836 * Element 1837 * 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1839 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1841 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1842 * 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1844 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1845 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1846 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1849 * 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1851 * until the channel switch event. 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1853 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1854 * operation). 1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1856 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1858 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1860 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1861 * 1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1863 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1864 * 1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 1866 * 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 1868 * supported operating classes. 1869 * 1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 1871 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 1872 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 1873 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 1874 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 1875 * IBSS network. 1876 * 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1878 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1880 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 1881 * 1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 1883 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 1884 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 1885 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 1886 * u8 attribute. 1887 * 1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 1889 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 1892 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 1894 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 1897 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 1898 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 1899 * 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 1902 * 1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 1904 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 1905 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 1906 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 1907 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 1908 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 1909 * 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 1911 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 1913 * supported number of csa counters. 1914 * 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 1916 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 1917 * 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 1919 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 1920 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 1921 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 1922 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 1923 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 1924 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 1925 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 1926 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 1927 * cleared when the socket is closed. 1928 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 1929 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 1930 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 1931 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 1932 * multicast group. 1933 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 1934 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 1935 * 1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 1937 * the TDLS link initiator. 1938 * 1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 1940 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 1941 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 1942 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 1943 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 1944 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 1945 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 1946 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 1947 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 1948 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 1949 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 1950 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 1953 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 1954 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 1955 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 1956 * setting valid value for coverage class. 1957 * 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 1961 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 1962 * 1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 1964 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 1965 * 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 1967 * 1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 1969 * 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 1971 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 1972 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 1973 * cfg80211 regdomain. 1974 * 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 1976 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 1977 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 1978 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 1979 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 1980 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 1981 * 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 1983 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 1984 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 1985 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 1986 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 1987 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 1988 * over all channels. 1989 * 1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 1991 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 1992 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 1993 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 1994 1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 1996 * is operating in an indoor environment. 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 1999 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2001 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2003 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2005 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2006 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2007 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2008 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2009 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2011 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2012 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2013 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2015 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2016 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2017 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2018 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2019 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2020 * 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2022 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2023 * 2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2025 * 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2027 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2028 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2029 * interface type. 2030 * 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2032 * groupID for monitor mode. 2033 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2034 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2035 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2036 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2037 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2038 * each group. 2039 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2040 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2041 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2042 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2043 * groupID data. 2044 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2046 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2047 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2048 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2049 * 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2051 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2052 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2053 * attribute must not be included). 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2055 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2057 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2058 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2059 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2060 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2062 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2063 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2064 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2065 * 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2067 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2070 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2071 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2072 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2073 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2075 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2076 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2077 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2078 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2079 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2080 * the device will decide what to use. 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2082 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2083 * attribute. 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2085 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2087 * protection. 2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2089 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2090 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2091 * 2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2093 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2094 * 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2096 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2099 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2100 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2101 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2102 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2103 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2104 * unnecessary wakeups. 2105 * 2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2107 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2108 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out 2109 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2110 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2111 * 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2113 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2114 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2115 * 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2117 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2118 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2119 * 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2121 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2122 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2123 * 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2125 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2126 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2127 * 2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2129 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2130 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2131 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2132 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2133 * 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2135 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2136 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2137 * 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2139 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2140 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2141 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2142 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2143 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2144 * 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2146 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2148 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2149 * 2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2151 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2152 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2155 * 2156 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2158 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2159 */ 2160 enum nl80211_attrs { 2161 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2162 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2163 2164 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2165 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2166 2167 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2168 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2169 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2170 2171 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2172 2173 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2174 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2175 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2176 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2177 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2178 2179 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2180 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2181 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2182 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2183 2184 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2185 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2186 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2187 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2188 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2189 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2190 2191 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2192 2193 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2194 2195 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2196 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2197 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2198 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2199 2200 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2201 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2202 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2203 2204 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2205 2206 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2207 2208 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2209 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2210 2211 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2212 2213 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2214 2215 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2216 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2217 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2218 2219 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2220 2221 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2222 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2223 2224 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2225 2226 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2227 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2228 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2229 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2230 2231 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2232 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2233 2234 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2235 2236 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2237 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2238 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2239 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2240 2241 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2242 2243 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2244 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2245 2246 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2247 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2248 2249 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2250 2251 2252 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2253 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2254 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2255 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2256 2257 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2258 2259 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2260 2261 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2262 2263 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2264 2265 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2266 2267 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2268 2269 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2270 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2271 2272 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2273 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2274 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2275 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2276 2277 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2278 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2279 2280 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2281 2282 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2283 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2284 2285 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2286 2287 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2288 2289 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2290 2291 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2292 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2293 2294 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2295 2296 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2297 2298 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2299 2300 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2301 2302 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2303 2304 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2305 2306 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2307 2308 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2309 2310 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2311 2312 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2313 2314 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2315 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2316 2317 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2318 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2319 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2320 2321 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2322 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2323 2324 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2325 2326 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2327 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2328 2329 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2330 2331 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2332 2333 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2334 2335 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2336 2337 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2338 2339 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2340 2341 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2342 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2343 2344 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2345 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2346 2347 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2348 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2349 2350 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2351 2352 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2353 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2354 2355 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2356 2357 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2358 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2359 2360 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2361 2362 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2363 2364 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2365 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2366 2367 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2368 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2369 2370 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2371 2372 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2373 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2374 2375 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2376 2377 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2378 2379 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2380 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2381 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2382 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2383 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2384 2385 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2386 2387 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2388 2389 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2390 2391 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2392 2393 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2394 2395 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2396 2397 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2398 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2399 2400 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2401 2402 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2403 2404 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2405 2406 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2407 2408 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2409 2410 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2411 2412 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2413 2414 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2415 2416 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2417 2418 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2419 2420 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2421 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2422 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2423 2424 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2425 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2426 2427 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2428 2429 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2430 2431 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2432 2433 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2434 2435 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2436 2437 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2438 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2439 2440 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2441 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2442 2443 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2444 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2445 2446 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2447 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2448 2449 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2450 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2451 2452 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2453 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2454 2455 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2456 2457 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2458 2459 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2460 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2461 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2462 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2463 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2464 2465 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2466 2467 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2468 2469 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2470 2471 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2472 2473 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2474 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2475 2476 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2477 2478 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2479 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2480 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2481 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2482 2483 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2484 2485 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2486 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2491 2492 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2493 2494 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2495 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2496 2497 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2498 2499 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2500 2501 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2502 2503 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2504 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2505 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2506 2507 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2508 2509 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2510 2511 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2512 2513 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2514 2515 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2516 2517 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2518 2519 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2520 2521 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2522 2523 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2524 2525 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2526 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2527 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2528 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2529 2530 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2531 2532 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2533 2534 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2535 2536 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2537 2538 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2539 2540 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2541 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2542 2543 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2544 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2545 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2546 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2547 2548 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2549 2550 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2551 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2552 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2553 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2557 2558 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2561 2562 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2563 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2564 2565 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2566 2567 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2568 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2569 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2570 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2571 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2572 2573 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2576 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2577 2578 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2579 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2580 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2581 2582 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2583 2584 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2585 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2586 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2587 }; 2588 2589 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2590 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2591 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2592 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2593 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2594 2595 /* 2596 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2597 * here 2598 */ 2599 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2600 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2601 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2602 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2603 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2604 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2605 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2606 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2607 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2608 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2609 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2610 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2611 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2612 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2613 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2614 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2615 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2616 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2617 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2618 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2619 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2620 2621 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2622 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2623 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 2624 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2625 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2626 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2627 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2628 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2629 2630 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2631 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2632 2633 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2634 2635 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2636 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2637 2638 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2639 2640 /** 2641 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2642 * 2643 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2644 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2645 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2646 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2647 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2648 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2649 * AP type interface. 2650 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2651 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2652 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2653 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2654 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2655 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2656 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2657 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2658 * commands to create and destroy one 2659 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2660 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2661 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2662 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2663 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2664 * 2665 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2666 * to set the type of an interface. 2667 * 2668 */ 2669 enum nl80211_iftype { 2670 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2671 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2672 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2673 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2674 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2675 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2676 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2677 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2678 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2679 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2680 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2681 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2682 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2683 2684 /* keep last */ 2685 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2686 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2687 }; 2688 2689 /** 2690 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2691 * 2692 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2693 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2694 * 2695 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2696 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2697 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2698 * with short barker preamble 2699 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2700 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2701 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2702 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2703 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2704 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2705 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2706 * as errors.) 2707 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2708 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2709 * previously added station into associated state 2710 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2711 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2712 */ 2713 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2714 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2715 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2716 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2717 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2718 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2719 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2720 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2721 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2722 2723 /* keep last */ 2724 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2725 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2726 }; 2727 2728 /** 2729 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2730 * 2731 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2732 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2733 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2734 */ 2735 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2736 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2737 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2738 2739 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2740 }; 2741 2742 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2743 2744 /** 2745 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2746 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2747 * @set: which values to set them to 2748 * 2749 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2750 */ 2751 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2752 __u32 mask; 2753 __u32 set; 2754 } __attribute__((packed)); 2755 2756 /** 2757 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 2758 * 2759 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 2760 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2761 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 2762 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 2763 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 2764 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 2765 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 2766 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 2767 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 2768 * 2769 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2770 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 2771 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 2772 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 2773 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2774 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 2775 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 2776 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 2777 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 2778 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 2779 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 2780 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 2781 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 2782 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 2783 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2784 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 2785 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 2786 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2787 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 2788 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2789 */ 2790 enum nl80211_rate_info { 2791 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 2792 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 2793 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 2794 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 2795 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 2796 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 2797 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 2798 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 2799 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2800 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2801 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 2802 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 2803 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 2804 2805 /* keep last */ 2806 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2807 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2808 }; 2809 2810 /** 2811 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 2812 * 2813 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 2814 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2815 * 2816 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2817 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 2818 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2819 * (flag) 2820 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2821 * (flag) 2822 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 2823 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 2824 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 2825 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2826 */ 2827 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 2828 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 2829 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 2830 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2831 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2832 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 2833 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2834 2835 /* keep last */ 2836 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 2837 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 2838 }; 2839 2840 /** 2841 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 2842 * 2843 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 2844 * when getting information about a station. 2845 * 2846 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 2848 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2849 * (u32, from this station) 2850 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2851 * (u32, to this station) 2852 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2853 * (u64, from this station) 2854 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2855 * (u64, to this station) 2856 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 2857 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 2858 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 2859 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2860 * (u32, from this station) 2861 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2862 * (u32, to this station) 2863 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 2864 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 2865 * (u32, to this station) 2866 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 2867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 2868 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 2869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 2870 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 2871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 2872 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 2873 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 2874 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 2875 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 2876 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 2877 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 2878 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 2879 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2880 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 2881 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 2882 * non-peer STA 2883 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 2884 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 2885 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 2886 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 2887 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 2888 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 2889 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 2890 * (u64) 2891 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 2892 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 2893 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 2894 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 2895 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 2896 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 2897 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 2898 * attributes carrying the actual values. 2899 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 2900 * received from the station (u64, usec) 2901 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2902 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 2903 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 2904 */ 2905 enum nl80211_sta_info { 2906 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 2907 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 2908 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 2909 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 2910 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 2911 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 2912 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 2913 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 2914 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 2915 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 2916 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 2917 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 2918 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 2919 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 2920 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 2921 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 2922 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 2923 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 2924 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 2925 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 2926 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 2927 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 2928 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 2929 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 2930 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 2931 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 2932 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 2933 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 2934 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 2935 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 2936 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 2937 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 2938 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 2939 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 2940 2941 /* keep last */ 2942 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2943 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2944 }; 2945 2946 /** 2947 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 2948 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2949 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 2950 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 2951 * attempted to transmit; u64) 2952 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 2953 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 2954 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 2955 * MSDUs (u64) 2956 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2957 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 2958 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 2959 */ 2960 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 2961 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 2962 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 2963 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 2964 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 2965 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 2966 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 2967 2968 /* keep last */ 2969 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 2970 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 2971 }; 2972 2973 /** 2974 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 2975 * 2976 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 2977 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 2978 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 2979 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 2980 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 2981 */ 2982 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 2983 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 2984 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 2985 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 2986 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 2987 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 2988 }; 2989 2990 /** 2991 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 2992 * 2993 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 2994 * information about a mesh path. 2995 * 2996 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2997 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 2998 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 2999 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3000 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3001 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3002 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3003 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3004 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3005 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3006 * currently defind 3007 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3008 */ 3009 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3010 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3011 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3012 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3013 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3014 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3015 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3016 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3017 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3018 3019 /* keep last */ 3020 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3021 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3022 }; 3023 3024 /** 3025 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3026 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3027 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3028 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3029 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3030 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3031 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3032 * defined in 802.11n 3033 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3034 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3035 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3036 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3037 * defined in 802.11ac 3038 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3039 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3040 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3041 */ 3042 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3043 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3044 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3045 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3046 3047 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3048 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3049 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3050 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3051 3052 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3053 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3054 3055 /* keep last */ 3056 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3057 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3058 }; 3059 3060 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3061 3062 /** 3063 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3064 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3065 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3066 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3067 * regulatory domain. 3068 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3069 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3070 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3071 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3072 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3073 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3074 * (100 * dBm). 3075 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3076 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3077 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3078 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3079 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3080 * channel as the control channel 3081 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3082 * channel as the control channel 3083 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3084 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3085 * this includes 80+80 channels 3086 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3087 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3088 * isn't possible 3089 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3090 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3091 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3092 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3093 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3094 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3095 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3096 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3097 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3098 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3099 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3100 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3101 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3102 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3103 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3104 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3105 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3106 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3107 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3108 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3109 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3110 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3111 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3112 * currently defined 3113 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3114 * 3115 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3116 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3117 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3118 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3119 */ 3120 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3121 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3122 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3123 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3124 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3125 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3126 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3127 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3128 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3129 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3130 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3131 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3132 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3133 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3134 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3135 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3136 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3137 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3138 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3139 3140 /* keep last */ 3141 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3142 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3143 }; 3144 3145 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3146 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3147 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3148 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3149 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3150 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3151 3152 /** 3153 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3154 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3155 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3156 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3157 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3158 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3159 * currently defined 3160 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3161 */ 3162 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3163 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3164 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3165 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3166 3167 /* keep last */ 3168 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3169 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3170 }; 3171 3172 /** 3173 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3174 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3175 * regulatory domain. 3176 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3177 * regulatory domain. 3178 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3179 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3180 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3181 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3182 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3183 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3184 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3185 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3186 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3187 */ 3188 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3189 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3190 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3191 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3192 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3193 }; 3194 3195 /** 3196 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3197 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3198 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3199 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3200 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3201 * domain. 3202 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3203 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3204 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3205 * them to be applied. 3206 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3207 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3208 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3209 * domain request to be processed. 3210 */ 3211 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3212 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3213 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3214 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3215 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3216 }; 3217 3218 /** 3219 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3220 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3221 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3222 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3223 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3224 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3225 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3226 * band edge. 3227 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3228 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3229 * band edge. 3230 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3231 * frequency range, in KHz. 3232 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3233 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3234 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3235 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3236 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3237 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3238 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3239 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3240 * currently defined 3241 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3242 */ 3243 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3244 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3245 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3246 3247 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3248 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3249 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3250 3251 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3252 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3253 3254 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3255 3256 /* keep last */ 3257 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3258 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3259 }; 3260 3261 /** 3262 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3263 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3264 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3265 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3266 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3267 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3268 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3269 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3270 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3271 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3272 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3273 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3274 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3275 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3276 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3277 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3278 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3279 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3280 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3281 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3282 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3283 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3284 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3285 * attribute number currently defined 3286 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3287 */ 3288 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3289 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3290 3291 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3292 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3293 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3294 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3295 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3296 3297 /* keep last */ 3298 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3299 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3300 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3301 }; 3302 3303 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3304 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3305 3306 /** 3307 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3308 * 3309 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3310 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3311 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3312 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3313 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3314 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3315 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3316 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3317 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3318 * beaconing. 3319 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3320 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3321 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3322 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3323 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3324 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3325 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3326 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3327 */ 3328 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3329 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3330 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3331 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3332 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3333 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3334 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3335 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3336 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3337 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3338 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3339 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3340 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3341 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3342 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3343 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3344 }; 3345 3346 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3347 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3348 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3349 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3350 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3351 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3352 3353 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3354 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3355 3356 /** 3357 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3358 * 3359 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3360 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3361 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3362 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3363 */ 3364 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3365 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3366 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3367 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3368 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3369 }; 3370 3371 /** 3372 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3373 * 3374 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3375 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3376 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3377 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3378 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3379 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3380 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3381 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3382 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3383 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3384 * supported feature. 3385 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3386 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3387 */ 3388 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3389 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3390 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3391 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3392 }; 3393 3394 /** 3395 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3396 * 3397 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3398 * when getting information about a survey. 3399 * 3400 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3401 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3402 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3403 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3404 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3405 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3406 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3407 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3408 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3409 * channel was sensed busy 3410 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3411 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3412 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3413 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3414 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3415 * (on this channel or globally) 3416 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3417 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3418 * currently defined 3419 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3420 */ 3421 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3422 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3423 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3424 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3425 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3426 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3427 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3428 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3429 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3430 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3431 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3432 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3433 3434 /* keep last */ 3435 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3436 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3437 }; 3438 3439 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3440 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3441 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3442 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3443 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3444 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3445 3446 /** 3447 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3448 * 3449 * Monitor configuration flags. 3450 * 3451 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3452 * 3453 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3454 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3455 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3456 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3457 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3458 * overrides all other flags. 3459 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3460 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3461 * 3462 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3463 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3464 */ 3465 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3466 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3467 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3468 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3469 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3470 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3471 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3472 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3473 3474 /* keep last */ 3475 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3476 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3477 }; 3478 3479 /** 3480 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3481 * 3482 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3483 * not known or has not been set yet. 3484 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3485 * in Awake state all the time. 3486 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3487 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3488 * neighbor's beacons. 3489 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3490 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3491 * for neighbor's beacons. 3492 * 3493 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3494 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3495 */ 3496 3497 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3498 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3499 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3500 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3501 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3502 3503 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3504 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3505 }; 3506 3507 /** 3508 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3509 * 3510 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3511 * active. 3512 * 3513 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3514 * 3515 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3516 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3517 * 3518 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3519 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3520 * 3521 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3522 * millisecond units 3523 * 3524 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3525 * on this mesh interface 3526 * 3527 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3528 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3529 * mesh 3530 * 3531 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3532 * point. 3533 * 3534 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3535 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3536 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3537 * set. 3538 * 3539 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3540 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3541 * target) 3542 * 3543 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3544 * (in milliseconds) 3545 * 3546 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3547 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3548 * 3549 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3550 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3551 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3552 * 3553 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3554 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3555 * reference element 3556 * 3557 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3558 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3559 * mesh 3560 * 3561 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3562 * 3563 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3564 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3565 * 3566 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3567 * root announcements are transmitted. 3568 * 3569 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3570 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3571 * Announcement frames. 3572 * 3573 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3574 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3575 * PERR element. 3576 * 3577 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 3578 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 3579 * 3580 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 3581 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 3582 * a peer link. 3583 * 3584 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 3585 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 3586 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 3587 * 3588 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 3589 * 3590 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 3591 * 3592 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 3593 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 3594 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 3595 * 3596 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3597 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 3598 * 3599 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 3600 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 3601 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 3602 * 3603 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 3604 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 3605 * 3606 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 3607 * 3608 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 3609 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 3610 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 3611 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 3612 * 3613 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3614 */ 3615 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 3616 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 3617 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 3618 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 3619 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 3620 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 3621 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 3622 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 3623 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 3624 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 3625 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 3626 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3627 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 3628 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 3629 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 3630 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 3631 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 3632 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 3633 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 3634 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 3635 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 3636 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 3637 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 3638 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 3639 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 3640 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 3641 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 3642 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 3643 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 3644 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 3645 3646 /* keep last */ 3647 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3648 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3649 }; 3650 3651 /** 3652 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 3653 * 3654 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 3655 * changed while the mesh is active. 3656 * 3657 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 3658 * 3659 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 3660 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 3661 * default HWMP. 3662 * 3663 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 3664 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 3665 * metric. 3666 * 3667 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 3668 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 3669 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 3670 * metrics in use. 3671 * 3672 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 3673 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 3674 * 3675 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 3676 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 3677 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 3678 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 3679 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 3680 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 3681 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 3682 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 3683 * userspace daemon. 3684 * 3685 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 3686 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 3687 * neighbor offset synchronization 3688 * 3689 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 3690 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 3691 * 3692 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 3693 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 3694 * Default is no authentication method required. 3695 * 3696 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 3697 * 3698 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 3699 */ 3700 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 3701 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 3702 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 3703 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 3704 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 3705 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 3706 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 3707 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 3708 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 3709 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 3710 3711 /* keep last */ 3712 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3713 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3714 }; 3715 3716 /** 3717 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 3718 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 3719 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 3720 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 3721 * disabled 3722 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 3723 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3724 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 3725 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3726 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 3727 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 3728 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 3729 */ 3730 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 3731 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 3732 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 3733 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 3734 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 3735 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 3736 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 3737 3738 /* keep last */ 3739 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3740 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3741 }; 3742 3743 enum nl80211_ac { 3744 NL80211_AC_VO, 3745 NL80211_AC_VI, 3746 NL80211_AC_BE, 3747 NL80211_AC_BK, 3748 NL80211_NUM_ACS 3749 }; 3750 3751 /* backward compat */ 3752 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 3753 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 3754 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 3755 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 3756 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 3757 3758 /** 3759 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 3760 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3761 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 3762 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3763 * below the control channel 3764 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3765 * above the control channel 3766 */ 3767 enum nl80211_channel_type { 3768 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 3769 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 3770 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 3771 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 3772 }; 3773 3774 /** 3775 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 3776 * 3777 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 3778 * attribute. 3779 * 3780 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3781 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 3782 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3783 * attribute must be provided as well 3784 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3785 * attribute must be provided as well 3786 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3787 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 3788 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3789 * attribute must be provided as well 3790 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 3791 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 3792 */ 3793 enum nl80211_chan_width { 3794 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 3795 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3796 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 3797 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 3798 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 3799 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 3800 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3801 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3802 }; 3803 3804 /** 3805 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 3806 * 3807 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 3808 * 3809 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 3810 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 3811 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 3812 */ 3813 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 3814 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3815 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3816 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3817 }; 3818 3819 /** 3820 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 3821 * 3822 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 3823 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 3824 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 3825 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 3826 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 3827 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 3828 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 3829 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 3830 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 3831 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 3832 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 3833 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 3834 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 3835 * they are from a Beacon frame. 3836 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 3837 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 3838 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 3839 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 3840 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 3841 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 3842 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 3843 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 3844 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 3845 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 3846 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 3847 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 3848 * yet been received 3849 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 3850 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 3851 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 3852 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 3853 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 3854 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 3855 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 3856 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 3857 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 3858 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3859 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 3860 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 3861 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 3862 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 3863 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 3864 * is set. 3865 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 3866 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 3867 */ 3868 enum nl80211_bss { 3869 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 3870 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 3871 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 3872 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 3873 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3874 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 3875 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 3876 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 3877 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 3878 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 3879 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 3880 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 3881 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 3882 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 3883 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 3884 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 3885 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 3886 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 3887 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 3888 3889 /* keep last */ 3890 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 3891 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 3892 }; 3893 3894 /** 3895 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 3896 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 3897 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 3898 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 3899 * a given BSS. 3900 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 3901 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 3902 * 3903 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 3904 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 3905 */ 3906 enum nl80211_bss_status { 3907 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 3908 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 3909 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 3910 }; 3911 3912 /** 3913 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 3914 * 3915 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 3916 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 3917 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 3918 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 3919 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 3920 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 3921 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 3922 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 3923 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 3924 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 3925 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 3926 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 3927 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 3928 */ 3929 enum nl80211_auth_type { 3930 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 3931 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 3932 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 3933 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 3934 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 3935 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 3936 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 3937 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 3938 3939 /* keep last */ 3940 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 3941 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 3942 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 3943 }; 3944 3945 /** 3946 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 3947 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 3948 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 3949 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 3950 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 3951 */ 3952 enum nl80211_key_type { 3953 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 3954 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 3955 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 3956 3957 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 3958 }; 3959 3960 /** 3961 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 3962 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 3963 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 3964 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 3965 */ 3966 enum nl80211_mfp { 3967 NL80211_MFP_NO, 3968 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 3969 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 3970 }; 3971 3972 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 3973 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 3974 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 3975 }; 3976 3977 /** 3978 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 3979 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 3980 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 3981 * unicast key 3982 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 3983 * multicast key 3984 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 3985 */ 3986 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 3987 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 3988 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 3989 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 3990 3991 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 3992 }; 3993 3994 /** 3995 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 3996 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 3997 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 3998 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 3999 * keys 4000 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4001 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4002 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4003 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4004 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4005 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4006 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4007 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4008 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4009 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4010 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4011 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4012 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4013 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4014 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4015 */ 4016 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4017 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4018 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4019 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4020 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4021 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4022 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4023 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4024 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4025 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4026 4027 /* keep last */ 4028 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4029 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4030 }; 4031 4032 /** 4033 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4034 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4035 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4036 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4037 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4038 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4039 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4040 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4041 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4042 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4043 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4044 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4045 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4046 */ 4047 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4048 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4049 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4050 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4051 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4052 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4053 4054 /* keep last */ 4055 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4056 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4057 }; 4058 4059 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4060 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4061 4062 /** 4063 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4064 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4065 */ 4066 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4067 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4068 }; 4069 4070 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4071 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4072 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4073 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4074 }; 4075 4076 /** 4077 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4078 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4079 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4080 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz) 4081 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4082 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4083 */ 4084 enum nl80211_band { 4085 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4086 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4087 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4088 4089 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4090 }; 4091 4092 /** 4093 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4094 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4095 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4096 */ 4097 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4098 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4099 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4100 }; 4101 4102 /** 4103 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4104 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4105 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4106 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4107 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4108 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4109 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4110 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4111 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4112 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4113 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4114 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4115 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4116 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4117 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4118 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4119 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4120 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4121 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4122 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4123 * checked. 4124 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4125 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4126 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4127 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4128 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4129 * loss event 4130 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4131 * RSSI threshold event. 4132 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4133 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4134 */ 4135 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4136 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4137 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4138 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4139 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4140 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4141 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4142 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4143 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4144 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4145 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4146 4147 /* keep last */ 4148 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4149 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4150 }; 4151 4152 /** 4153 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4154 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4155 * configured threshold 4156 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4157 * configured threshold 4158 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4159 */ 4160 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4161 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4162 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4163 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4164 }; 4165 4166 4167 /** 4168 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4169 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4170 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4171 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4172 */ 4173 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4174 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4175 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4176 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4177 }; 4178 4179 /** 4180 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4181 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4182 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4183 * a zero bit are ignored 4184 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4185 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4186 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4187 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4188 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4189 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4190 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4191 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4192 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4193 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4194 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4195 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4196 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4197 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4198 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4199 */ 4200 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4201 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4202 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4203 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4204 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4205 4206 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4207 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4208 }; 4209 4210 /** 4211 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4212 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4213 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4214 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4215 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4216 * 4217 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4218 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4219 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4220 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4221 * by the kernel to userspace. 4222 */ 4223 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4224 __u32 max_patterns; 4225 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4226 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4227 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4228 } __attribute__((packed)); 4229 4230 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4231 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4232 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4233 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4234 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4235 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4236 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4237 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4238 4239 /** 4240 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4241 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4242 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4243 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4244 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4245 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4246 * any others are even supported by the device. 4247 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4248 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4249 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4250 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4251 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4252 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4253 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4254 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4255 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4256 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4257 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4258 * 4259 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4260 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4261 * 4262 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4263 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4264 * to the kernel when configuring. 4265 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4266 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4267 * by the device (flag) 4268 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4269 * done by the device) (flag) 4270 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4271 * packet (flag) 4272 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4273 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4274 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4275 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4276 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4277 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4278 * attribute contains the original length. 4279 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4280 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4281 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4282 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4283 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4284 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4285 * contains the original length. 4286 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4287 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4288 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4289 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4290 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4291 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4292 * the TCP connection. 4293 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4294 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4295 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4296 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4297 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4298 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4299 * service 4300 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4301 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4302 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4303 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4304 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4305 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4306 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4307 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4308 * supported by the driver (u32). 4309 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4310 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4311 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4312 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4313 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4314 * occurred. 4315 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4316 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4317 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4318 * these attributes must be present. If 4319 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4320 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4321 * channel. 4322 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4323 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4324 * 4325 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4326 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4327 */ 4328 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4329 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4330 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4331 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4332 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4333 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4334 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4335 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4336 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4337 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4338 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4339 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4340 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4341 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4342 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4343 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4344 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4345 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4346 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4347 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4348 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4349 4350 /* keep last */ 4351 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4352 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4353 }; 4354 4355 /** 4356 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4357 * 4358 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4359 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4360 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4361 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4362 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4363 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4364 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4365 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4366 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4367 * 4368 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4369 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4370 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4371 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4372 * also woken up. 4373 * 4374 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4375 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4376 */ 4377 4378 /** 4379 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4380 * @start: starting value 4381 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4382 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4383 * 4384 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4385 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4386 * in little endian. 4387 */ 4388 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4389 __u32 start, offset, len; 4390 }; 4391 4392 /** 4393 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4394 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4395 * @len: length of each token 4396 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4397 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4398 */ 4399 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4400 __u32 offset, len; 4401 __u8 token_stream[]; 4402 }; 4403 4404 /** 4405 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4406 * @min_len: minimum token length 4407 * @max_len: maximum token length 4408 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4409 */ 4410 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4411 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4412 }; 4413 4414 /** 4415 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4416 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4417 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4418 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4419 * (in network byte order) 4420 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4421 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4422 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4423 * might require ARP querying. 4424 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4425 * socket and port will be allocated 4426 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4427 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4428 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4429 * of the data payload. 4430 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4431 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4432 * advertising it is just a flag 4433 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4434 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4435 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4436 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4437 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4438 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4439 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4440 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4441 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4442 * but on the TCP payload only. 4443 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4444 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4445 */ 4446 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4447 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4448 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4449 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4450 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4451 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4452 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4453 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4454 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4455 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4456 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4457 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4458 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4459 4460 /* keep last */ 4461 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4462 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4463 }; 4464 4465 /** 4466 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4467 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4468 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4469 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4470 * 4471 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4472 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4473 */ 4474 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4475 __u32 max_rules; 4476 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4477 __u32 max_delay; 4478 } __attribute__((packed)); 4479 4480 /** 4481 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4482 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4483 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4484 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4485 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4486 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4487 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4488 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4489 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4490 */ 4491 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4492 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4493 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4494 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4495 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4496 4497 /* keep last */ 4498 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4499 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4500 }; 4501 4502 /** 4503 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4504 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4505 * in a rule are matched. 4506 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4507 * in a rule are not matched. 4508 */ 4509 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4510 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4511 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4512 }; 4513 4514 /** 4515 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4516 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4517 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4518 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4519 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4520 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4521 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4522 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4523 */ 4524 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4525 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4526 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4527 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4528 4529 /* keep last */ 4530 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4531 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4532 }; 4533 4534 /** 4535 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4536 * 4537 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4538 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4539 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4540 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4541 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 4542 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 4543 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 4544 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 4545 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 4546 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 4547 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 4548 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 4549 * different channels may be used within this group. 4550 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4551 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 4552 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4553 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 4554 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 4555 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 4556 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 4557 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 4558 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 4559 * 4560 * Examples: 4561 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 4562 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 4563 * 4564 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 4565 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 4566 * 4567 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 4568 * => allows two STAs on different channels 4569 * 4570 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 4571 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 4572 * 4573 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained 4574 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 4575 * that any of these groups must match. 4576 * 4577 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 4578 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 4579 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 4580 * interface type, the following group always exists: 4581 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 4582 */ 4583 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 4584 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 4585 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 4586 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 4587 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 4588 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 4589 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 4590 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 4591 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 4592 4593 /* keep last */ 4594 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 4595 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 4596 }; 4597 4598 4599 /** 4600 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 4601 * 4602 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 4603 * state of non existant mesh peer links 4604 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 4605 * this mesh peer 4606 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 4607 * from this mesh peer 4608 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 4609 * received from this mesh peer 4610 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 4611 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 4612 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 4613 * plink are discarded 4614 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 4615 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 4616 */ 4617 enum nl80211_plink_state { 4618 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 4619 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 4620 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 4621 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 4622 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 4623 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 4624 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 4625 4626 /* keep last */ 4627 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 4628 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 4629 }; 4630 4631 /** 4632 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 4633 * 4634 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 4635 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 4636 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 4637 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 4638 */ 4639 enum plink_actions { 4640 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 4641 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 4642 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 4643 4644 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 4645 }; 4646 4647 4648 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 4649 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 4650 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 4651 4652 /** 4653 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 4654 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4655 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 4656 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 4657 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 4658 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 4659 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 4660 */ 4661 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 4662 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 4663 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 4664 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 4665 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 4666 4667 /* keep last */ 4668 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 4669 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 4670 }; 4671 4672 /** 4673 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 4674 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 4675 * Beacon frames) 4676 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 4677 * in Beacon frames 4678 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 4679 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 4680 */ 4681 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 4682 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 4683 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 4684 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 4685 }; 4686 4687 /** 4688 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 4689 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4690 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 4691 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 4692 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 4693 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 4694 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 4695 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 4696 */ 4697 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 4698 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 4699 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 4700 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 4701 4702 /* keep last */ 4703 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 4704 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 4705 }; 4706 4707 /** 4708 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 4709 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4710 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 4711 * priority) 4712 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 4713 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 4714 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 4715 * (internal) 4716 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 4717 * (internal) 4718 */ 4719 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 4720 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 4721 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 4722 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 4723 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 4724 4725 /* keep last */ 4726 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 4727 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 4728 }; 4729 4730 /** 4731 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 4732 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 4733 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 4734 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 4735 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 4736 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 4737 */ 4738 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 4739 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 4740 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 4741 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 4742 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 4743 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 4744 }; 4745 4746 /* 4747 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 4748 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 4749 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 4750 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 4751 }; 4752 */ 4753 4754 /** 4755 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 4756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 4757 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 4758 * socket option. 4759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 4760 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 4761 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 4762 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 4763 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 4764 * cellular base stations. 4765 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 4766 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 4767 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 4768 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 4769 * mode 4770 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 4771 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 4772 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 4773 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 4774 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 4775 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 4776 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 4777 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 4778 * setting 4779 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 4780 * powersave 4781 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 4782 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 4783 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 4784 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 4785 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 4786 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 4787 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 4788 * states using station flags. 4789 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 4790 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 4791 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 4792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 4793 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 4794 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 4795 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 4796 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 4797 * still generated by the driver. 4798 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 4799 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 4800 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 4801 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 4802 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 4803 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 4804 * lifetime of a BSS. 4805 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 4806 * Set IE to probe requests. 4807 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 4808 * to probe requests. 4809 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 4810 * requests sent to it by an AP. 4811 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 4812 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 4813 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 4814 * Measurement Report action frame. 4815 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 4816 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 4817 * to enable dynack. 4818 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 4819 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4820 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 4821 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 4822 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4823 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 4824 * rts/cts handshake. 4825 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 4826 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 4827 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 4828 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 4829 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 4830 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 4831 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 4832 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 4833 * operating as a TDLS peer. 4834 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4835 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 4836 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 4837 * address mask/value will be used. 4838 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 4839 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 4840 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4841 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4842 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4843 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 4844 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4845 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4846 */ 4847 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 4848 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 4849 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 4850 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 4851 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 4852 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 4853 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 4854 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 4855 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 4856 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 4857 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 4858 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 4859 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 4860 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 4861 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 4862 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 4863 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 4864 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 4865 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 4866 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 4867 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 4868 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 4869 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 4870 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 4871 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 4872 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 4873 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 4874 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 4875 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 4876 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 4877 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 4878 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 4879 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, 4880 }; 4881 4882 /** 4883 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 4884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 4885 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 4886 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 4887 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 4888 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 4889 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 4890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 4891 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 4892 * certain groups which can be configured by the 4893 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 4894 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 4895 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 4896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 4897 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 4898 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4899 * (if available). 4900 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 4901 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 4902 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4903 * (if available). 4904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 4905 * channel dwell time. 4906 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 4907 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 4908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 4909 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 4910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 4911 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 4912 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 4913 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 4914 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 4915 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 4916 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 4917 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 4918 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 4919 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 4920 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 4921 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 4922 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 4923 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 4924 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 4925 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 4926 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 4927 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 4928 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 4929 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 4930 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 4931 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 4932 * be supported. 4933 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 4934 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 4935 * actual dwell time. 4936 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 4937 * response 4938 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 4939 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 4940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 4941 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 4942 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 4943 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 4944 * 4945 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 4946 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 4947 */ 4948 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 4949 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 4950 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 4951 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 4952 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 4953 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4954 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 4955 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 4956 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 4957 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 4958 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 4959 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 4960 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 4961 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4962 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 4963 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 4964 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 4965 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 4966 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 4967 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 4968 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 4969 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 4970 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4971 4972 /* add new features before the definition below */ 4973 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 4974 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 4975 }; 4976 4977 /** 4978 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 4979 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 4980 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 4981 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 4982 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 4983 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 4984 * to the host. 4985 * 4986 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 4987 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 4988 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 4989 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 4990 */ 4991 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 4992 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 4993 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 4994 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 4995 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 4996 }; 4997 4998 /** 4999 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5000 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5001 * handled by the AP is reached. 5002 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5003 */ 5004 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5005 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5006 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5007 }; 5008 5009 /** 5010 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5011 * 5012 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5013 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5014 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5015 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5016 */ 5017 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5018 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5019 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5020 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5021 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5022 }; 5023 5024 /** 5025 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5026 * 5027 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5028 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5029 * requests. 5030 * 5031 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5032 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5033 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5034 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5035 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5036 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5037 * when really needed 5038 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5039 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5040 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5041 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5042 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5043 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5044 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5045 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5046 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5047 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5048 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5049 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5050 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5051 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel, 5052 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5053 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5054 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5055 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5056 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5057 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5058 * SSID and/or RSSI 5059 */ 5060 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5061 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5062 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5063 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5064 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5065 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5066 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5067 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5068 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5069 }; 5070 5071 /** 5072 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5073 * 5074 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5075 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5076 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5077 * 5078 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5079 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5080 * in ACL to authenticate. 5081 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5082 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5083 */ 5084 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5085 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5086 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5087 }; 5088 5089 /** 5090 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5091 * 5092 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5093 * 5094 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5095 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5096 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5097 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5098 */ 5099 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5100 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5101 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5102 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5103 5104 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5105 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5106 }; 5107 5108 /** 5109 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5110 * 5111 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5112 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5113 * 5114 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5115 * now unusable. 5116 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5117 * the channel is now available. 5118 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5119 * change to the channel status. 5120 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5121 * over, channel becomes usable. 5122 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5123 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5124 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5125 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5126 */ 5127 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5128 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5129 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5130 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5131 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5132 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5133 }; 5134 5135 /** 5136 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5137 * 5138 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5139 * 5140 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5141 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5142 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5143 * is therefore marked as not available. 5144 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5145 */ 5146 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5147 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5148 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5149 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5150 }; 5151 5152 /** 5153 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5154 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5155 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5156 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5157 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5158 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5159 */ 5160 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5161 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5162 }; 5163 5164 /** 5165 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5166 * 5167 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5168 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5169 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5170 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5171 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5172 */ 5173 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5174 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5175 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5176 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5177 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5178 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5179 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5180 }; 5181 5182 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5183 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5184 5185 /** 5186 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5187 * 5188 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5189 * 5190 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5191 */ 5192 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5193 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5194 }; 5195 5196 /* 5197 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5198 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5199 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5200 */ 5201 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5202 5203 /** 5204 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5205 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5206 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5207 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5208 * added to this file when needed. 5209 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5210 */ 5211 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5212 __u32 vendor_id; 5213 __u32 subcmd; 5214 }; 5215 5216 /** 5217 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5218 * 5219 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5220 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5221 * 5222 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5223 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5224 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5225 */ 5226 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5227 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5228 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5229 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5230 }; 5231 5232 /** 5233 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5234 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5235 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5236 * seconds (u32). 5237 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5238 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5239 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5240 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5241 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5242 * currently defined 5243 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5244 */ 5245 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5246 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5247 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5248 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5249 5250 /* keep last */ 5251 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5252 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5253 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5254 }; 5255 5256 /** 5257 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5258 * 5259 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5260 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5261 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5262 */ 5263 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5264 __u8 band; 5265 __s8 delta; 5266 } __attribute__((packed)); 5267 5268 /** 5269 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5270 * 5271 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5272 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5273 * is requested. 5274 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5275 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5276 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5277 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5278 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5279 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5280 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5281 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5282 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5283 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5284 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5285 * 5286 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5287 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5288 * which the driver shall use. 5289 */ 5290 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5291 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5292 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5293 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5294 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5295 5296 /* keep last */ 5297 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5298 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5299 }; 5300 5301 /** 5302 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5303 * 5304 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5305 * 5306 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5307 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5308 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5309 */ 5310 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5311 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5312 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5313 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5314 5315 /* keep last */ 5316 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5317 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5318 }; 5319 5320 /** 5321 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5322 * 5323 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5324 * 5325 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5326 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5327 */ 5328 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5329 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5330 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5331 }; 5332 5333 /** 5334 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5335 * 5336 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5337 * 5338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5339 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5340 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5341 */ 5342 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5343 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5344 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5345 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5346 }; 5347 5348 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5349 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5350 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5351 5352 /** 5353 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5354 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5355 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5356 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5357 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5358 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5359 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5360 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5361 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5362 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5363 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5364 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5365 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5366 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5367 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5368 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5369 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5370 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5371 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5372 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5373 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5374 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5375 * This is a flag. 5376 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5377 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5378 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5379 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5380 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5381 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5382 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5383 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5384 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5385 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5386 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5387 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5388 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5389 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5390 * 5391 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5392 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5393 */ 5394 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5395 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5396 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5397 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5398 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5399 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5400 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5401 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5402 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5403 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5404 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5405 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5406 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5407 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5408 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5409 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5410 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5411 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5412 5413 /* keep last */ 5414 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5415 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5416 }; 5417 5418 /** 5419 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5420 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5421 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5422 * This is a flag. 5423 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5424 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5425 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5426 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5427 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5428 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5429 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5430 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5431 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5432 */ 5433 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5434 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5435 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5436 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5437 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5438 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5439 5440 /* keep last */ 5441 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 5442 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 5443 }; 5444 5445 /** 5446 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 5447 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 5448 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 5449 * match. This is a nested attribute. 5450 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5451 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 5452 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 5453 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5454 * 5455 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 5456 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 5457 */ 5458 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 5459 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 5460 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 5461 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 5462 5463 /* keep last */ 5464 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 5465 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 5466 }; 5467 5468 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 5469
